douglas public schoolsdouglas.ss13.sharpschool.com/userfiles/servers/server_132741/file... · i...
TRANSCRIPT
DOUGLAS PUBLIC SCHOOLSRETURN TO SCHOOL BLUEPRINT
FINAL COPY
INTRODUCTION
Dear Douglas Educators Parents and Community Members
The 2019-2020 school year was unlike one ever before I write to present to you our plan to open
schools in September 2020 This plan is one that will need to be adapted and changed
throughout the summer and the school year but it is one that represents the most current
research best practices and information we have to date to safely bring students teachers and
staff back to school As we receive more information I will update the plan and each of you As
we have learned throughout the last 6 months we have to be flexible and adaptable
Attached in the document you will find the scientific research that DESE used to develop their
guidance information and logistics about what the school year will look like and our plan to get
students back in school One of the key driving forces of this plan was to get students and staff
back to school in a safe manner As Commissioner Riley stated ldquoPart of our responsibility as
educators administrators and parents is to do all that we can to help our children in this
difficult time As we all know there is no substitute for the attention and engagement that is
only possible with in-person learning We can mitigate the risks associated with COVID-19 for
in-person school programs and prevent the significant consequences of keeping students out of
school and isolated It will take all of us working together to make this successfulrdquo Our goal in
Douglas is to make certain that students and staff can come back to school safely
As we prepared this plan it is important to note that we have had to completely reimagine and
rethink not only how we function from an operational standpoint but also how we teach and
educate our students Things like collaborative workstations group projects small group
instruction art music and PE classes science labs are all different And these are just a few of
hundreds of changes that teachers will have to make to safely teach in September All of us in the
Douglas Public Schools take the responsibility of educating your students in a safe and
welcoming environment very seriously Please know that the decisions that we have made are
based on the guidelines from DESE the medical community and what we believe as educators
are in the best interests of students given our current landscape
This plan was developed from the guidelines set forth by DESE (June 25 2020) please click on
the link to access the full plan meetings with a community and district task force and input
from Douglas administration faculty and staff As we developed this plan we made certain that
the following was at the forefront of our decision making We wanted to make certain that the
health safety and wellness of our staff and students was paramount Our students deserve and
are entitled to a high quality education and instruction regardless of which one of the models
that we are working under All means all all students deserve equitable access to a high caliber
education We utilized all resources available to us to make certain students and staff are safe
These principles helped to guide the creation of this blueprint
I am aware that there will be more questions than answers as we roll this plan out in September
I will continue to update you on a regular basis make adjustments as we get more guidance
from DESE and take input and feedback from the community faculty and staff
Finally I want to say thank you These last few months have not been easy for you I started in
Douglas on July 1 and it has been a very busy and hectic six weeks Your patience with the
process as we prepared for the start has not gone unnoticed and is appreciated
Best
Paul D Vieira Paul D Vieira
Superintendent of Schools
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person
and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is
paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data
and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model
The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required
school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school
1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements
2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid
learning)
3 A plan for fully remote instruction
In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required
districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three
plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020
To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools
we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building
leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms
were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE
Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students
dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms
could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom
Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the
forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing
which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19
pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return
students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions
In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based
task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and
Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working
meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held
This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding
principles in the development of this plan
Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is
our top priority
Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and
access
High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and
learning with high quality instruction
These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan
Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful
beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios
Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to
ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning
environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has
purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access
The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or
forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning
supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered
All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the
front office staff were added
Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas
Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the
advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid
Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school
community at least for the beginning of the school year
All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children
attending DPS no later than August 18
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and
all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional
guidance from DESE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based
task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I
am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members
of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not
thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard
work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I
thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force
Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of
Student Support Services
Josh Romano High School Principal
Desi Vega High School Assistant
Principal
Brian Delaney Middle School Principal
Jon Bell Elementary School Principal
Matt Aronian Dean of Students of
Elementary and Middle
School
Cindy Socha Primary School Principal
Jeff Kollett Facilities
Cortney Keegan Business Manager
Donna Sousa Technology Director
Mary Sokol Athletic Director
Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department
Chairperson
Douglas High School
Skye Bomba
Special Education Team
Chair
Lisa Ford
7th Grade ELA Teacher
Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
INTRODUCTION
Dear Douglas Educators Parents and Community Members
The 2019-2020 school year was unlike one ever before I write to present to you our plan to open
schools in September 2020 This plan is one that will need to be adapted and changed
throughout the summer and the school year but it is one that represents the most current
research best practices and information we have to date to safely bring students teachers and
staff back to school As we receive more information I will update the plan and each of you As
we have learned throughout the last 6 months we have to be flexible and adaptable
Attached in the document you will find the scientific research that DESE used to develop their
guidance information and logistics about what the school year will look like and our plan to get
students back in school One of the key driving forces of this plan was to get students and staff
back to school in a safe manner As Commissioner Riley stated ldquoPart of our responsibility as
educators administrators and parents is to do all that we can to help our children in this
difficult time As we all know there is no substitute for the attention and engagement that is
only possible with in-person learning We can mitigate the risks associated with COVID-19 for
in-person school programs and prevent the significant consequences of keeping students out of
school and isolated It will take all of us working together to make this successfulrdquo Our goal in
Douglas is to make certain that students and staff can come back to school safely
As we prepared this plan it is important to note that we have had to completely reimagine and
rethink not only how we function from an operational standpoint but also how we teach and
educate our students Things like collaborative workstations group projects small group
instruction art music and PE classes science labs are all different And these are just a few of
hundreds of changes that teachers will have to make to safely teach in September All of us in the
Douglas Public Schools take the responsibility of educating your students in a safe and
welcoming environment very seriously Please know that the decisions that we have made are
based on the guidelines from DESE the medical community and what we believe as educators
are in the best interests of students given our current landscape
This plan was developed from the guidelines set forth by DESE (June 25 2020) please click on
the link to access the full plan meetings with a community and district task force and input
from Douglas administration faculty and staff As we developed this plan we made certain that
the following was at the forefront of our decision making We wanted to make certain that the
health safety and wellness of our staff and students was paramount Our students deserve and
are entitled to a high quality education and instruction regardless of which one of the models
that we are working under All means all all students deserve equitable access to a high caliber
education We utilized all resources available to us to make certain students and staff are safe
These principles helped to guide the creation of this blueprint
I am aware that there will be more questions than answers as we roll this plan out in September
I will continue to update you on a regular basis make adjustments as we get more guidance
from DESE and take input and feedback from the community faculty and staff
Finally I want to say thank you These last few months have not been easy for you I started in
Douglas on July 1 and it has been a very busy and hectic six weeks Your patience with the
process as we prepared for the start has not gone unnoticed and is appreciated
Best
Paul D Vieira Paul D Vieira
Superintendent of Schools
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person
and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is
paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data
and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model
The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required
school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school
1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements
2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid
learning)
3 A plan for fully remote instruction
In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required
districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three
plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020
To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools
we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building
leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms
were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE
Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students
dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms
could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom
Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the
forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing
which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19
pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return
students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions
In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based
task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and
Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working
meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held
This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding
principles in the development of this plan
Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is
our top priority
Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and
access
High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and
learning with high quality instruction
These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan
Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful
beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios
Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to
ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning
environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has
purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access
The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or
forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning
supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered
All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the
front office staff were added
Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas
Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the
advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid
Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school
community at least for the beginning of the school year
All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children
attending DPS no later than August 18
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and
all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional
guidance from DESE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based
task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I
am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members
of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not
thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard
work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I
thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force
Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of
Student Support Services
Josh Romano High School Principal
Desi Vega High School Assistant
Principal
Brian Delaney Middle School Principal
Jon Bell Elementary School Principal
Matt Aronian Dean of Students of
Elementary and Middle
School
Cindy Socha Primary School Principal
Jeff Kollett Facilities
Cortney Keegan Business Manager
Donna Sousa Technology Director
Mary Sokol Athletic Director
Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department
Chairperson
Douglas High School
Skye Bomba
Special Education Team
Chair
Lisa Ford
7th Grade ELA Teacher
Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
I am aware that there will be more questions than answers as we roll this plan out in September
I will continue to update you on a regular basis make adjustments as we get more guidance
from DESE and take input and feedback from the community faculty and staff
Finally I want to say thank you These last few months have not been easy for you I started in
Douglas on July 1 and it has been a very busy and hectic six weeks Your patience with the
process as we prepared for the start has not gone unnoticed and is appreciated
Best
Paul D Vieira Paul D Vieira
Superintendent of Schools
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person
and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is
paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data
and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model
The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required
school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school
1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements
2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid
learning)
3 A plan for fully remote instruction
In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required
districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three
plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020
To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools
we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building
leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms
were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE
Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students
dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms
could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom
Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the
forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing
which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19
pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return
students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions
In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based
task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and
Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working
meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held
This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding
principles in the development of this plan
Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is
our top priority
Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and
access
High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and
learning with high quality instruction
These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan
Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful
beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios
Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to
ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning
environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has
purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access
The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or
forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning
supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered
All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the
front office staff were added
Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas
Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the
advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid
Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school
community at least for the beginning of the school year
All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children
attending DPS no later than August 18
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and
all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional
guidance from DESE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based
task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I
am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members
of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not
thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard
work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I
thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force
Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of
Student Support Services
Josh Romano High School Principal
Desi Vega High School Assistant
Principal
Brian Delaney Middle School Principal
Jon Bell Elementary School Principal
Matt Aronian Dean of Students of
Elementary and Middle
School
Cindy Socha Primary School Principal
Jeff Kollett Facilities
Cortney Keegan Business Manager
Donna Sousa Technology Director
Mary Sokol Athletic Director
Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department
Chairperson
Douglas High School
Skye Bomba
Special Education Team
Chair
Lisa Ford
7th Grade ELA Teacher
Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Douglas Public Schools has formulated a plan for reopening our schools for both in-person
and remote learning opportunities We understand that flexibility to move between plans is
paramount and may very well be needed at some point this year As of today based on the data
and our analysis the Douglas Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model
The Massachusetts Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has required
school districts to outline three plans for the reopening of school
1 A plan for full in-person instruction with safety requirements
2 A plan for partial in-person instruction coupled with remote instruction (Hybrid
learning)
3 A plan for fully remote instruction
In order to determine the feasibility of conducting school under each scenario DESE required
districts to assess safety scheduling instruction and facility requirements for each of the three
plans Preliminary feasibility plans were submitted to DESE on July 31 2020
To determine the safest possible return for the students and staff of the Douglas Public Schools
we examined the various classroom configurations at each of our schools Working with building
leadership teaching staff custodial and maintenance staff and our school nurses classrooms
were set-up following the suggested organizational patterns recommended by DESE
Classrooms staged at a three-foot distance could accommodate between 24-31 students
dependent upon size and shape of the classroom At a staged distance of six feet classrooms
could accommodate between 12-18 students dependent upon size and shape of the classroom
Based on advice from the medical community and keeping students and staff safety at the
forefront of our thinking and planning the decision was made to keep desks at a 6 foot spacing
which would make in person instruction close to impossible Due to the nature of the COVID-19
pandemic and the need to keep our students staff and community safe we will initially return
students at a distance of 6 feet with safety precautions
In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based
task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and
Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working
meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held
This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding
principles in the development of this plan
Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is
our top priority
Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and
access
High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and
learning with high quality instruction
These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan
Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful
beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios
Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to
ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning
environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has
purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access
The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or
forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning
supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered
All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the
front office staff were added
Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas
Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the
advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid
Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school
community at least for the beginning of the school year
All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children
attending DPS no later than August 18
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and
all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional
guidance from DESE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based
task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I
am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members
of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not
thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard
work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I
thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force
Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of
Student Support Services
Josh Romano High School Principal
Desi Vega High School Assistant
Principal
Brian Delaney Middle School Principal
Jon Bell Elementary School Principal
Matt Aronian Dean of Students of
Elementary and Middle
School
Cindy Socha Primary School Principal
Jeff Kollett Facilities
Cortney Keegan Business Manager
Donna Sousa Technology Director
Mary Sokol Athletic Director
Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department
Chairperson
Douglas High School
Skye Bomba
Special Education Team
Chair
Lisa Ford
7th Grade ELA Teacher
Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
In addition to this surveys were sent out to families and students a district and building based
task force were created and provided input and feedback staff and community forums and
Town hall meetings were held on several occasions in July and early August and working
meetings with the administrative team school committee and the DTA were held
This document outlines the three plans required by DESE We prioritize the following guiding
principles in the development of this plan
Health Safety and Well-being The safety of our students staff and community is
our top priority
Equity A commitment to ensuring all students experience success through equity and
access
High Quality Teaching and Learning Provide for excellence in teaching and
learning with high quality instruction
These guiding principles support the implementation and continued evolution of the plan
Douglas Public Schools has already made numerous investments to prepare for the successful
beginning of the school year and for all possible return to school scenarios
Every student in grades K-12 will be provided a Chromebook or an iPad to
ensure equity of access and support implementation of a one-to-one learning
environment (one machine for every individual student) In addition the district has
purchased hot spots for families with limited internet access
The district has procured safety supplies including masks for students who lose or
forget them Additionally supplies of clear masks face shields gowns gloves cleaning
supplies and hand sanitizer for each classroom and high traffic areas have been ordered
All sinks have been equipped with soap and paper towels Plexiglass barriers for the
front office staff were added
Until such time that we can transition safely back to 100 in-person learning the Douglas
Public Schools will implement a Hybrid Learning Model for K-12 students After weighing the
advantages and disadvantages of various models of learning it became clear that the Hybrid
Learning Model described in this document best meets the needs of the Douglas school
community at least for the beginning of the school year
All families must notify the District of their choice for each of their children
attending DPS no later than August 18
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and
all attached schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional
guidance from DESE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based
task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I
am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members
of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not
thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard
work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I
thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force
Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of
Student Support Services
Josh Romano High School Principal
Desi Vega High School Assistant
Principal
Brian Delaney Middle School Principal
Jon Bell Elementary School Principal
Matt Aronian Dean of Students of
Elementary and Middle
School
Cindy Socha Primary School Principal
Jeff Kollett Facilities
Cortney Keegan Business Manager
Donna Sousa Technology Director
Mary Sokol Athletic Director
Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department
Chairperson
Douglas High School
Skye Bomba
Special Education Team
Chair
Lisa Ford
7th Grade ELA Teacher
Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There were a variety of task forces created to help build this plan These included a district based
task force along with several building based task forces Their input was invaluable to us and I
am grateful for their time and input I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members
of the District Wide Task Force for their time and efforts I would also be remiss If I did not
thank the entire School Committee and Administrative Team for all their support and hard
work This was a herculean task to complete and be ready to implement in six short weeks I
thank them for everything Below is a list of our District Wide Task Force
Nealy Urquhart Assistant Superintendent of
Student Support Services
Josh Romano High School Principal
Desi Vega High School Assistant
Principal
Brian Delaney Middle School Principal
Jon Bell Elementary School Principal
Matt Aronian Dean of Students of
Elementary and Middle
School
Cindy Socha Primary School Principal
Jeff Kollett Facilities
Cortney Keegan Business Manager
Donna Sousa Technology Director
Mary Sokol Athletic Director
Caroline Fitzpatrick History Department
Chairperson
Douglas High School
Skye Bomba
Special Education Team
Chair
Lisa Ford
7th Grade ELA Teacher
Kevin Riorden HS Math teacher
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Carolyn Braney HS Math teacher
Emily Costa HS ELA Dept Co-Dhair
Jon Waggenheim HS Science teacher
Emily Mayo English TeacherDepartment
Co-Chair
Karen Walcek Community Member
Jillian Carneiro Community Member
Al DeNoncour Choral Director
Julie Bertone 5th Grade teacher
Melissa Johnson
ParentPTO
Beth Bergstrom
DPAC
Donna Taylor Parent
Kathleen Campbell
Nurse leader
Melanie Brundage Nurse
Jessica Findlay
6th Grade Math Teacher
Eleanor Auger
6th Grade SS Teacher
Michelle Babigian
5th grade teacher
Kelly GravesonPayne 8th grade Science Teacher
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Erica Brown
Parent
Heidi Helstrom
7th grade
Kris Blatchford
Kindergarten teacher
OUR GOAL FOR THE FALL OF 2020
Our goal for the fall is to safely bring back as many students as possible into our buildings To
that end the Douglas Public Schools will start the school year off in a 2-1-2 Hybrid Model
There is a clear consensus from both education and medical groups we must keep in mind not
only the risks associated with COVID-19 for in-person school programs but also the known
challenges and consequences of keeping students out of school While remote learning has
improved over the course of the school closures there is no substitute for in-person instruction
when it comes to the quality of studentsrsquo academic learning In-person school plays an equally
important role in our ability to support studentsrsquo social-emotional needs including their mental
and physical health and in mitigating the impacts of trauma We also recognize how disruptive
school closures have been to families trying to maintain regular work schedules and manage
household needs including childcare while also facilitating remote learning
Moreover in light of recent events and a national movement to fight for racial justice it is even
more critical that our students are able to quickly return to robust learning opportunities and a
supportive school environment through which we can engage in meaningful discussions on
anti-racism provide mental health supports and help to prepare our young people to bring
about the changes our world desperately needs
In discussions with infectious disease physicians other medical advisers and the COVID-19
Command Centerrsquos Medical Advisory Board we were heartened to learn that ndash based on current
data and research ndash the medical community supports the return of our students to in-person
learning with appropriate health and safety guardrails in place With adherence to a
comprehensive set of critical health and safety requirements we can bring our students staff
and families safely back to school
Most of us are now quite familiar with the critical health and safety practices that reduce the risk
of transmission of COVID-19 These include rigorous hygiene and handwashing use of
masksface coverings physical distancing reducing interaction between groups staying home
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
when sick protecting those most vulnerable to the disease and expanding testing and tracing
capabilities among others
However what can often get lost in long lists of practices is that it is not one mitigation strategy
but a combination of all these strategies taken together that will substantially reduce the risk of
transmission In other words establishing a culture of health and safety in our schools that
focuses on regularly enforcing these important practices is more important than any one
measure
With this information at the forefront of our planning we are moving forward with a 2-1-2
Hybrid Model
RECOGNIZING THE ROLE OF FAMILIES
Families in consultation with their medical providers will ultimately make the decision as to
whether their children will attend in-person instruction or whether their children will continue
with remote learning In the next few days you will receive information asking if you will be
sending your student back to school or if you will explore a District provided remote option
Families also play a critical role in supporting the new culture of health and safety that each
school must establish Most importantly families can help mitigate the transmission of
COVID-19 in their school communities by checking their children daily for any COVID-19
symptoms and keeping them home from school if they are sick or have had close contact with a
person diagnosed with COVID-19 Families can also contribute by supporting the use of masks
in school and on the bus arranging alternate transportation whenever possible communicating
with teachers school leaders and local authorities and continuing to follow state guidance on
health and safety outside of school DESE will provide further guidance and resources for
families
MEDICAL RESEARCH AND DATA
This section summarizes some of the emerging themes and implications from the medical
literature on childhood susceptibility to and transmission of COVID-19 as of mid-June 2020
Because COVID-19 is a novel disease this literature is growing rapidly and new information is
emerging almost every day Our guidance will continue to evolve as the science develops
At this time the evidence suggests schools have not played a significant role in COVID-19
transmission and that children particularly younger children are less likely than adults to be
infected with COVID-19 Furthermore if they become infected it appears children may be less
likely to transmit COVID-19 to others Based on these initial findings the health and safety
requirements throughout this guidance as well as considering the key features of school
programming at different grade spans the current evidence supports a safe in-person return to
school with implementation details varying for elementary schools (including pre-kindergarten
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
programs) middle schools and high schools
bull Schools do not appear to have played a major role in COVID-19 transmission In areview of COVID clusters only 4 (8 of 210) involved school transmission In a casestudy from New South Wales Australia after 18 cases were found in schools (12 in highschools and 6 in primary schools) only 03 of student contacts were infected (1 in 695individuals in 10 high schools and 1 in 168 individuals in primary schools) No teachersor staff were infected
bull In general rates of COVID-19 infection are lower for children than for adultsBased on an analysis of data from six countries children under 20 are half as susceptible toCOVID-19 infection than adults7 Furthermore although children under the age of 18 make up22 of the US population they account for less than 2 of all cases of COVID-19 InMassachusetts children under the age of 19 were about four times less likely than thepopulation at large to be diagnosed with COVID-199 Children are more likely to beasymptomatic however which underscores the importance of health behaviors for everyone(masksface coverings distancing handwashing surface cleaning)
bull If exposed children may be less likely to become infected with COVID-19 A meta-analysis of studies from several countries found that children were only 44 as likely as adultsto become infected after exposure (note pre-print study)11 In China in households withCOVID-19 exposure children under the age of 18 were infected at a rate of 4 compared with17 for adults
bull If infected it appears children may be less likely to infect others with COVID-19Most transmissions are from adults to children rather than vice versa this is differentfrom some other respiratory viruses (note pre-print study) In a US study of 15 households73 of transmissions were from adult to child (the remaining were child-to-
child or child-to adult)
HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR IN PERSON
LEARNING
The health and safety of students and staff are our top priority when making the decision to
reopen schools in fall The following health and safety requirements have been developed in
collaboration with infectious disease physicians pediatricians and public health experts from
the Massachusetts General Brigham Health System and the Massachusetts chapter of American
Academy of Pediatrics Our process has included a thorough review of guidelines from the
Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and World Health Organization (WHO) as well as available
medical literature on COVID-19 related to children and school settings Finally the MA
COVID-19 Command Center Medical Advisory Board made up of physicians and other health
experts has carefully reviewed the health and safety requirements for in-person learning
outlined in this section
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
At this time these are the health and safety practices that will enable the safe reopening of
schools this fall and these requirements will be modified as needed In addition to required
practices we have also included guidance on best practices where applicable
As general background COVID-19 spreads when people are in relatively close proximity
through respiratory droplets generated through coughing sneezing or talking to an infected
person Among the most effective preventive measures ndash when used consistently and in
combination ndash are masksface coverings physical distancing handwashing and cleaning
frequently touched surfaces
Masks Coverings As the primary route of transmission for COVID-19 is respiratory masks or
face coverings are among the most critical components of risk reduction Masksface coverings
protect the general public against COVID-19 infection with a recent
retrospective study estimating near 80 effectiveness in reducing COVID-19 transmission
especially when worn prior to symptom onset In the United States states advising face
masksface coverings be worn in public saw a decline in their COVID-19 growth rates and
community-wide maskface covering usage contributed to control of COVID-19 We are
requiring that all students in K-12 wear a face mask in school Parents are asked to send their
children to school with a mask If for whatever reason your student comes to school without a
mask the school will provide one to them
What follows is some additional information on mask coverings
Adults including educators and staff are required to wear masksface coverings
Exceptions to mask requirements must be made for those for whom it is
not possible due to medical conditions disability impact or other health or safety
factors
Mask breaks should occur throughout the day Breaks should occur when students can
be six feet apart and ideally outside or at least with the windows open
Masks should be provided by the studentfamily but extra disposable face masks
should be made available by the school for students who need them Reusable
masksface coverings provided by families should be washed by families daily Districts
and schools with families experiencing financial hardship and unable to afford
masksface coverings should endeavor to provide masks for students through grant
funds the district has available to them
Masks are required to be worn by everyone on the bus during school bus
transportation
Transparent face coverings provide the opportunity for more visual cues and should be
especially considered as an alternative for younger students students who are deaf and
hard of hearing and their teachers
Attached is a copy of the procedures the Douglas Public Schools will follow as it
pertains to mask coverings in school
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Physical distancing Physical distancing is another important practice that helps mitigate
transmission of the virus While the US federal CDC has recommended maintaining a physical
distance of six feet between individuals the World Health Organizationrsquos guidance states
approximately three feet There is no precise threshold for safety indeed studies suggest that
physical distancing of three feet or more leads to reduced transmission with additional distance
providing additional protection For instance in a study of household transmission in China
keeping at least three feet of distance was associated with one-fourth the number of
transmissions It is important to note that six feet distancing is emphasized in public health
advisories especially when no maskface covering is worn In Douglas we will follow the six foot
recommendation
Our initial requirements and related guidance are as follows
Distancing requirements As reviewed and advised by the Massachusetts COVID-19
Command Center Medical Advisory Group schools should aim for a physical distance of
six feet when feasible and three feet is the minimum distance allowed Schools should
seek to maximize physical distance among individuals within their physical and
operational constraints In Douglas we will follow the six foot rule
Classroom and facility configuration To the extent possible desks should be spaced six
feet apart and facing the same direction We will seek to maximize physical distance
between desks within their physical and operational constraints Alternative spaces in
the school (eg cafeteria library and auditorium) will also be used
Additional safety precautions are required for school nurses andor any staff
supporting students with disabilities in close proximity when distance is not possible
These precautions must include eye protection (eg face shield or goggles) and a
maskface covering Precautions may also include gloves and disposable gowns or
washable outer layer of clothing depending on duration of contact and especially if the
individual may come into close contact with bodily fluids
Student groups To minimize the number of students who would potentially be exposed in the
event of a COVID-19 event to the extent feasible we will keep students in grades k-8 in the
same cohort daily We will have teachers travel to students to maintain a higher level of safety
In our High School we have gone from a 6 period day to a 4 period day to minimize movement
Hand hygiene Handwashing removes pathogens from the surface of the hands While
handwashing with soap and water is the best option alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 60
percent ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol) may be utilized when handwashing is not
available As has always been the case handwashing should be used whenever hands are visibly
soiled and after using the bathroom Our initial requirements and related guidance are as
follows
bull Students and staff are required to exercise hand hygiene (handwashing or sanitizing)
upon arrival to school before eating before putting on and taking off masks and before
dismissal
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
bull Handwashing When handwashing individuals should use soap and water to wash all
surfaces of their hands for at least 20 seconds wait for visible lather rinse thoroughly
and dry with an individual disposable towel
bull Hand sanitizing If handwashing is not feasible hand sanitizer with at least 60 percent
ethanol or at least 70 percent isopropanol content can be used Hand sanitizer should be
applied to all surfaces of the hands and in sufficient quantity that it takes 20 seconds of
rubbing hands together for the sanitizer to dry Hand sanitizer should be placed at key
locations (eg building entrances cafeteria classrooms)
COVID-19 related isolation space In order to minimize transmission of COVID-19 schools
must ensure they have an isolated space available for students displaying COVID-19 symptoms
We will designate a COVID-19 related isolation space that is separate from the nursersquos office or
other space where routine medical care is provided A student who shows COVID-19 symptoms
during the school day should be moved to the specific room pre-designated for medical-related
isolation until they can be picked up by a family member More information about steps to safely
discharge students will be provided in future guidance
SCHOOL SAFETY PROTOCOLS
In this section we will highlight several of the safety protocols that the Douglas Public Schools
will follow to ensure that students and staff are learning and working in a safe environment The
information provided represents the best information we have at this time and will be adjusted
and modified throughout
Transportation DESE has released guidelines on students taking busses to school Attached
is a link to the full report In short students will need to wear masks at all times will have
assigned seats and only one student will be allowed per seat Below is the example of what
seating will need to look like on the bus
Operations There are several factors that will go into effect to make certain that students are
staff are safe as we start the school year DESE has also released the following operations
guidance From these guidelines we established the safety protocols for the Douglas Public
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Schools In the attached link is information regarding ventilation cleaning and otheroperational protocols
Protocols for responding to COVID-19 scenarios in school on the bus or in
community settings In mid-July the following guidelines were released by DESE to answermany questions Contact tracing plays a key role in this therefore assigned seats will bemandatory in classrooms the cafeteria and the bus The attached link provides families with aquick overview of how this will be addressed
Protocols for staying home from school One of the best ways to help prevent the spread
of COVID is to stay at home if you have many of the symptoms associated with the virus
The single most important thing to do if any of the following symptoms are present is to STAY
HOME Note that some symptoms of COVID-19 are the same as the flu or a bad cold please do
not assume it is another condition When in doubt stay home
Please STAY HOME if you have any of the symptoms listed
Below is the full list of symptoms for which caregivers should monitor their children and staff
should monitor themselves
Fever (1004deg Fahrenheit or higher) chills or shaking chills
Cough (not due to other known cause such as chronic cough)
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
New loss of taste or smell
Sore throat
Headache when in combination with other symptoms
Muscle aches or body aches
Nausea vomiting or diarrhea
Fatigue when in combination with other symptoms
Nasal congestion or runny nose (not due to other known causes such as allergies) when in
combination with other symptoms
If staff or students have any of these symptoms they must get a test for active COVID-19
infection prior to returning to school
Preventative Measures There are several things that can be done to help prevent the spread
of the virus These include but are not limited to handwashing mask wearing physical
distancing Attached is a document that will help explain this
Training Over the next several weeks our nurses will host informational sessions for families
regarding these safety protocols These will be recorded and hosted multiple times so that
families have accurate and up to date information
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Mask Safety Attached is a copy of our mask safety protocols and procedures For the safety of
all students and staff this rule will be strictly enforced in school at all times
FOOD SERVICES
The Food Service department will offer meals to students while in school and when learning
remotely Each school has developed a plan for feeding students
The High School will be adding an additional lunch period to allow students to come to the
cafeteria to eat The additional lunch time is needed so students can practice social distancing
with desks placed 6 ft apart This will give the students the opportunity to take a break from the
classroom Breakfast will be offered Grab and Go style
All grades at the Middle School will be eating lunch in the classroom at the same time each day
Meals will be delivered to the classroom A rotating schedule will be developed to allow one class
per day to come to the cafeteria to eat Breakfast will be available
The Elementary School students will be eating in the cafeteria Four lunch periods will be
offered at the same time schedule as last year Desks will be used in the cafeteria for social
distancing purposes Grab and Go breakfasts will be available
The Primary School will be alternating classrooms eating in the cafeteria This will be done on a
weekly basis (Week 1 Week 2) Meals will be delivered to students remaining in the classroom
Additional lunch time will be added to accommodate this change
Meals will be available to students to take home when they are learning remotely Meals can be
picked up on Tuesday or Friday afternoon before the student leaves Ordering information will
be provided to students at all schools
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Special Education Supports
In preparation for the 2020-2021 school year special educators will be collaborating with
general educators related service providers Applied Behavior Analysts (ABAs)
paraprofessionals and other stakeholders who support students that receive special education
services This will ensure that student services are individualized and accessible whether they
occur in-person or remotely The collaboration that took place during the 2019-2020 school
closures will continue into the 2020-2021 school year to provide students with their IEP
services
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
The District is dedicated to providing a Free and Appropriate Public Education (FAPE) to our
students consistent with the need to protect the health and safety of students with disabilities
and those individuals providing education specialized instruction and related services
Students will receive their IEP services in the fall with some in-person and some remote
opportunities In support of some of our more vulnerable populations students in intensive
substantially separate programs will have the choice to attend in-person full time Students that
participate in the Academic Center and Flex Center programs on a moderate level will receive
support to access the curriculum both in-person and remotely Transition planning and services
will continue Specialized personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided when the
instructional needs require closer proximity to three feet As we consider social distancing
requirements the District will factor in the additional special education personnel who enter
classrooms to provide accommodations and modifications for students IEP meetings will be
held mainly remotely to limit the number of people in a building and the District will continue
to work with families to meet timelines or agree to extensions for Initial Evaluations
Reevaluations and IEP Team Meetings The District will make every effort to maintain as much
in-person instruction as is safely possible
Students with disabilities along with their peers in general education will be assessed to
evaluate skill gaps In addition special education progress reports and data on levels of
performance towards goals prior to closure will be reviewed for progress and regression
post-closure IEP teams will be reconvened to determine potential adaptation of the IEP
document if necessary
In-Person Opportunities for Intensive Student Populations
Optimizing the amount of in-person opportunities with in-person instruction is a priority as we
further develop the special education component of the reentry plan The Massachusetts
Department of Elementary and Secondary Education (DESE) has tasked districts to focus on the
most intensive and vulnerable students with disabilities as a high priority for in-person
instruction when developing plans for re-opening for the 2020-2021 school year DESE
recommends considering the following when prioritizing students for in-person instruction
Students with multiple disabilities
Students who will need time to learn new procedures and protocols to increase their
successful reentry to school in the fall
Students whose level of engagement with remote learning during closure was low
If a new ldquoHybrid Model of Learningrdquo is implemented this will include both in-person
instructional opportunities as well as synchronous instruction and asynchronous offerings As
always flexibility will be vital to ensuring that a model of service fits the individual needs of
students and families especially within the remote learning environment
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
A focus on in-person instruction will be the delivery of related services such as
SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading PPE and training for staff will be required prior to beginning any in-person
instruction
In a learning environment that rotates between in-person (in school buildings) and remote
learning some services and instruction will be delivered synchronously through online
platforms that allow for optimal instruction communication and observation between therapist
and student The following are some examples of what form this may take place
Therapies will be provided in-person when possible and remotely when appropriate as
dictated by a studentrsquos needs and schedule Individual staff situations may also affect
in-person instruction
Special educators and related service providers may spend a portion of their day
supporting some students in-person and another portion of their day providing students
remote asynchronous support
Special Education evaluations will be conducted in-person whenever possible whereas
IEP meetings will likely be conducted remotely to limit the number of people in a
building and as agreed upon with parents and guardians
Should full closure occur after the start of the school year the District will explore continuing
in-person services on a one-to-one basis Such a decision will be in agreement with parents
staff and the Board of Health guidelines
Guidelines are forthcoming from State and local authorities for in-home services Information
will be shared as soon as it is available
In-Person Services vs Remote Services
In many cases the individual circumstances of student and staff health and safety may dictate
the availability of in-person services including SpeechLanguage Therapy Occupational
Therapy Physical Therapy Vision Therapy OrientationMobility services ABA Therapy and
Specialized Reading services There may be times when teletherapy or virtual services are safest
and most appropriate
To prepare for this service need the District has been exploring tools that staff could use to
provide teletherapy services Multiple potential tools have been identified and the District is in
the process of establishing the necessary student data privacy agreements with vendors All
Speech and Language Therapists have completed the process of fulfilling their ten hours of
teletherapy training through the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
Additionally quiet rooms will need to be assigned to individual therapists in buildings and
equipment such as headphones andor PPE for closer distance instruction will be provided
Once school begins therapists will be scheduling students for in-person services or synchronous
teletherapy services depending on the individual needs of students These services will be
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
delivered individually or in small groups Schedules will need to accommodate the time needed
to sanitize these rooms after each student or small group Parents of children participating in the
ldquoHybrid Learning Modelrdquo can expect that their children will receive a combination of in-person
and teletherapies as required
Districtwide Special Education Programs
The Douglas Public Schools has several Special Education programs for students with specific
learning profiles as listed below Students that participate in each of these programs will be
invited to participate in full-time in-person schooling although some services may be provided
via teletherapy or virtual learning when appropriate In the event of another full school closure
the District will plan on trying to maintain as much in-person therapies as is safely possible
The Academic Center program services students who have significant language-based
learning disabilities These students typically have at least average cognitive abilities
however have difficulty acquiring reading writing language usage skills andor some
mathematics skills This program is located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas
Middle School at this time
The Flex Center program services students with significant emotional disabilities or
other disabilities that may manifest themselves through difficulties with self-regulation
perspective taking social awarenessskills andor transitional skills These students may
or may not have associated learning difficulties This program is located in all four
buildings across the district at the time
The STARS program provides services to students with significant developmental
delays intellectualneurological impairments or Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) The
students that participate in the program have intensive needs including deficits in
language social communication play skills abstract thinking andor behavior The
STARS Program provides highly individualized services involving behavioral approaches
(typically based on Applied Behavior Analysis principles) to learning This program is
located at Douglas Elementary School and Douglas High School at this time
The STRIPES program is a transitional program that is designed to teach independent
living skills including vocational skills to students receiving special education services
ages 18-22 Program activities take place in a variety of community settings The goal of
the STRIPES program is to assist students to become as independent as possible
including securing competitive integrated employment
Douglas Primary School (DPS) ndash Integrated Preschool Program
The District recognizes that remote learning is especially difficult for preschoolers and in many
cases not developmentally appropriate for their learning Preschool students who receive special
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
education services will be invited to participate in in-person schooling commensurate with their
IEPs Additionally related services for young children (SpeechLanguage Therapy
Occupational Therapy Physical Therapy English Learner support) are most effective when
children and adults are together in the same space and children can manipulate materials see
the adultrsquos face and receive immediate in-person feedback Given the small-group nature of
preschool DPS Integrated Preschool Program will be offering consistent programming while
keeping groups small enough to ensure safety protocols Staff will be utilizing professional
learning time to further enhance our capacity for appropriate and engaging remote learning
activities and plans should there be a need for another district closure during the school year If
another closure becomes necessary the District will make every effort to provide limited and
safe in-person instruction
REOPENING PLANS
PRIMARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor Mrs Purvis and Nurse Jen Walker will address the
social-emotional and well-being of students with visits to the classrooms each week using a
variety of resources
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Primary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival
830-915
Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Encourage to wear
masks
915-930 MovementBathroom
Break
In ClassroomHall Go Noodle videos
for movement while
1-2 students use the
bathrooms hand
sanitize before
exiting room wash
hands in bathroom
sanitize when
returning
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
930-1130
Reading Fundations
Writing Integrate
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Lunch
K 1130-1200
Gr 1 1205-1235
30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Masks off
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Recess
K 1100-1130
Gr 1 1130-1200
30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Related Arts 50 Minute Art Music
PE or Library Class
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
K 100-150 when Possible room
Gr 1 150-240 Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Instructional
Block
K 1200-100
150-240
Gr 1 1235-150
Math
ScienceSocial Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Dismissal
245-255
Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp exiting
room
Maintain 6ft
distancing
Encourage to wear
masks
Classroom space configured with seats 6 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 20
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
HYBRID LEARNING
Primary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a weekly basis with an
emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above
with smaller class sizes (50 ) 9-10 students
Cohort B ndash Hybrid Remote Learning
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content introduced
ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom assignment
915-930 Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds
ST Math
Google classroom ST Math
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor will contact the family
and coordinate a plan for success
All assignments will be returned the following week and will be graded
Plan includes Preschool to the extent possible
REMOTE LEARNING
Primary Full Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Morning Morning Meeting Calendar
Social Emotional Needs
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
830-900
Reinforce old content
ELAMath
Some new content
introduced ELAMath
platform (Google Classroom
Spelling City ST Math
Mystery Science etc)
Teachers would send home
packets with materials and
assignments to be returned
the following week
iPads could be signed out if
needed on an individual basis
and will be returned the
following week
900-1030 ELA Block
Zoom Meeting
Fundations Phonics program
Reading Wonders daily skill
writing sight words Spelling
City 900-915 Google Classroom
assignment
915-930
Zoom 4 small groups
930-1030
Mid Morning
1030- 1100
Read Alouds Live video instruction led by
classroom teacher
Lunch
1130-1200
Break On Own
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Afternoon 100-230 MATHScience Social
Studies Block
Zoom Meeting
Self-paced teacher created
assignments using an online
platform (Google Classroom
ST Math Mystery Science 100-115
Math assignment etc)
115-145 Specialists will provide
145-200
Art Gym Music Library Block
Zoom Meeting
activities via google
classroom
200-215
Science hands-on activity Special services will provide
215-230
Special services will be
provided
live video instruction
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
During times that students are not participating in Google Meets or Zoom live instruction
students will participate in self-paced teacher created assignments using an online platform
(Google Classroom Spelling City ST Math Mystery Science etc)
Tentative Preschool Plan- Hybrid
Possible Preschool Cohort Model
Current number of students
MWF am MWF pm TTh am TTh pm
34 26 40 21
Students in the am would be split into four groups giving each group 8-10 students dependingon the dayStudents in the pm would be split into three groups giving each group 7-9 students dependingon the day
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
The program consists of three teachers 3 paraprofessionals and 2 aba therapistsThis would provide two adults with each cohort at each timeSome students would also have one-to-one assistants assigned to them
MorningThere would be four activities that would be provided that the students would rotate to with theircohort Three led by the teachers and one led by two paras
Activities would bePlayCircleAcademicArt
Possible schedule
830-845 arrive unpack attendance
845- 915 Activity 1
915 -920 Movement to next activity
920-950 Activity 2
950-955 Movement to next activity
955-1025 Activity 3
1025-1030 Movement to next activity
1030-1100 Activity 4
1100-1115 Get ready for dismissallunch
Afternoon
1120-1200 Lunch and Bathroom for all students
1200-130 Three Groups 1 is at rest 1 is at recess
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
1 is at ldquosmartboardrdquo time Students would rotate through all of these
130-220
There would be three activities planned Two would be academic extensions Science STEAM fine motor etc with teachers One would be playtime (centers) with paras
There is only enough time during this slot to visit two of these activities There would be a schedule created for each day of the week to allow students an opportunity to get to each place at least once during the week This would allow 20 min sessions and time for movement
220-230 Get ready for dismissal
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
The entire staff will ensure students feel safe at school and will communicate with parents to
reduce anxiety The adjustment counselor will meet with each class weekly to address the
social-emotional and well-being of students using a variety of resources The student support
team will meet on a biweekly basis to discuss students and families that are showing the need for
additional support
Staff will work to develop routines and procedures that make the students feel safe while at
school including a daily morning meeting School staff will communicate these routines to
parents so that they develop a sense of trust and security in sending their children to school
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
All plans include the special populations The Special Education portion of this plan addresses
how services will be provided For specific questions it is best to contact the school directly
Sample Elementary In-Person Learning Schedule
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Block Content Location Safety
Arrival Unpack Morning
Work Morning
Meeting
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Morning
Instructional
Block
Math amp Social
Studies
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Related Arts 50 Minute Art
Music PE or Library
Class in the Morning
In Classroom PE will
use Gym and Outside
when Possible
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Lunch 30 Minutes Midday In Classroom Wash hands before
amp after eating
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Masks off
Recess 30 Minutes in
Afternoon
Outside when
Possible In
Classroom when Not
Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
No equipment
brought out to recess
Afternoon
Instructional
Block
English Language
Arts amp Science
In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks except
during mask breaks
every 60 minutes
Dismissal Pack up Dismissal In Classroom Hand sanitize upon
entering amp leaving
room
Maintain 3rsquo
distancing
Wear masks
Classroom space configured with seats 3 feet apart all facing forward with a maximum of 26
students
Special services will be provided in the classroom whenever possible
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Sample Elementary Hybrid Learning Schedule
Cohort A and B will switch between In-Person and Remote Learning on a 2-1-2 rotation each
week with an emphasis on keeping family groups in the same cohorts across the district 3
classroom teachers will be responsible for the in-person learning and 1 teacher will be
responsible for the remote learning component
Cohort A ndash In Person Learning
Follow the same format from the In-Person Learning model listed above with smaller class
sizes
Cohort B ndash Remote Learning
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting Live video instruction
Math Lesson
930-1020 Related Arts Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130 Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200 Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
Sample Elementary Remote Learning Schedule
Block Content Format
830-930 Morning Meeting
Math Lesson Live video instruction
930-1020 Related Arts
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1020-1130
Students work
independently
Teacher meets with students
in small groups (20 minutes
each)
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
1130-1200 Lunch Break On Own
1200-100 ELA Lesson Live video instruction
100-200
Continuation of morning
small groups and
independent work time
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
200-230 ScienceSocial Studies Lesson
Teacher created assignments
using an online platform
Live video instruction
230-245 End of the Day Meeting Live video instruction
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Amounts to approximately 3 hours 30 minutes of live video instruction and 2 hours 30 minutes
of independent work time each day
Students who opt out of in person instruction will participate in school through a self-paced
online learning platform
Students who do not engage in learning during remote learning will be counted as absent and
will be referred to the Student Support Team The Adjustment Counselor and Dean of Students
will contact the family and coordinate a plan for success
MIDDLE SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
A new cultural identity of our community must be reestablished or ldquore-memberedrdquo that is to
re-create a communal identity after being separated for six months This will need to be done by
making the members of the DMS community feel like they are part of something that exists for
their well-being Again the challenge of the era dictates to students that being together poses a
threat to their health and safety
We will continue to use the systems and protocols in place to serve the needs of students
Student Support Team will convene weekly with the School Adjustment Counselor and when
available School Principal to share information about students of concern both academically
and emotionally
Tier II Systems of Support will be implemented that have been identified under SST to create
scaffolded support data and communication with student teachers and parentguardians
SocialEmotional structures for support will continue to play an important part of the
ldquore-memberingrdquo of the middle school The continuation of programs like Lunch Bunch and the
Flex Center FlexAble program will bear fruit in the form of offering guided emotional supports
to students that are struggle in our community
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Please see the statement provided by the Office of Student Support Services For specific
questions it is best to contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
Spacing
Under the guise of social-distancing a major change to the experience of a DMS student will
occur under the premise that students remain in a static location while staff dynamically move
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
through the building This is exceedingly different to the culture of the school over the last four
years as we have moved to dynamic movement collaborative project based learning and focus
on ldquoout of deskrdquo learning especially in the areas of PE Health ArtDigital Design Music and
STEM
Student groupings will be placed into a grade level area of the school in groups of 10-12 (6ft
spacing model) students with a traditionally assigned homeroom teacher Groups will be
assigned as large a space as available capacity allows Out of 13 groups across three grades
groups will utilize either one large room (science labs) two adjoining rooms or two rooms across
the hall from each other The space will be utilized for direct instruction (with desks configured
appropriately distanced) and independent learning space where half of the students can move
into to provide greater space and change of venue ie have students move to one classroom for
teacher guided lesson separate students across the two rooms to produce academic work
projects independent reading or writing
Content area teachers will cycle through each cohort area throughout the day according to a
revised bell schedule
Maskmovement breaks will be built into the schedule utilizing outdoor spaces when available
and larger indoor spaces ie gym cafe OT room LibrarySTEM lab STARS room or the
auditorium
One way configurations will be incorporated in the hall and stairways for the beginning and
ending of school with particular attention paid to the end of the day bus dismissal
Lunch will be held in cohorts room area
Bathrooms will be limited to two students at a time
Masks will be required in the hallways and cohort areas
Any student displaying signs of COVID related symptoms will be isolated in the room between
the cafe and STARS room This room has windows that open to the outside and is within a few
yards of the main and nurses office
HYBRID LEARNING SCHEDULE
Cohort A
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Classroom
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
745-840 ELA Mask Break Classroom Break Space
840-935 Math Mask Break Classroom Break Space
935-1030 Specials Classroom
1030-1125 Science Mask Break Classroom Break Space
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess ClassroomCafeOutside
1205-100 Social Studies Mask Break Classroom Break Space
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Classroom Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
Cohort B
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video link
745-1125 ELAMath Science Teacher created
assignments using an online platforms Video instruction
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-158 Social StudiesReading and Writing Across the Curriculum Spanish for Grade 8
Teacher created assignments using an
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
End of day recap and check-in online platforms Video instruction
REMOTE LEARNING SCHEDULE- (Hybrid Schedule above would serve as a
construct for Remote Schedule)
This model will build on the successes that DMS earned in the Spring of 2020 but make
significant changes in the areas of schedule and graded work
Remote learning at DMS for the 2020-21 academic year will require a delivery system that has to
resemble a service offering that promises a streamlined delivery of services that meets the
academic social and emotional needs of each student
DMS will continue to utilize the platforms and delivery methods that proved effective previously
in the form of Google Classrooms Edmodo IXL NWEA and iPass (for weekly communication
with parentSguardians on academic progress)
Block Content Format
725-745 Morning Meeting SEL Check In Video Link
745-840 ELA Video Link
840-935 Math Video Link
935-1030 Specials Video Link
1030-1125 Science Video Link
1125-1205 Lunch and Recess Independent
1205-100 Social Studies Video Link
100-158 Reading and Writing Across the Video Link
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Curriculum (Spanish for Grade 8)
HIGH SCHOOL
SOCIAL AND EMOTIONAL WELL BEING OF STUDENTS
Advisory A revised Advisory Curriculum will be implemented that will address topics related to
COVID that students may experience such as anxiety social isolation angerdepression at loss
of school activities financial stresses at home Advisory will also continue to address college and
career readiness and study skills
Student Support Team (SST) Referrals for students in need of Tier II or III services will be
coordinated through the SST which meets bi-weekly Tier II interventions include small group
sessions run by counseling staff Tier III interventions include individual counseling through a
school counselor or school-based community counselors
A plan for school social activities that can be run with or without modifications will be
developed with the athletic director class advisors and other interested persons
PLAN FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS
Specific plans for special populations (SWD EL 504 FLEX STARS STRIPES) are addressed in
the two configurations below Students who are chronically absent or long-term medically
absent will follow the Reset or Bridge Protocols respectively For specific questions it is best to
contact the school directly
IN-PERSON LEARNING
ScheduleClasses will be configured in rows separated by at least six feet and facing the same directionThe planned master schedule for the 2020-2021 school year will be used with small changes toreduce class sizes to meet social distance requirements The bell schedule will be adjusted toextend passing and lunch times and longer periods to have fewer passing times
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year Both FLEX programs should be able to function as normal
STARS and STRIPES will continue to receive their program in three rooms including thekitchen
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Common AreasStudents will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one or two students at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID-ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing after the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher
will show them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those
symptoms The teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no
and send the student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who
exhibit symptoms of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
HYBRID LEARNING
Schedule
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
The school will be divided into two cohorts split alphabetically with half of each grade in each
cohort Students will meet in person for two days per week and have an online learning
component of mostly independent work through Google Classroom for the other three days
Staff will teach the same five classes they would under the in person schedule
A modified bell schedule will be implemented to reduce transitions
Proposed High School Hybrid Learning Schedule
Students attend half of their classes over the course of the week (or 2 3 or more weeks) then
switch to the other half of their courses for the next week (or 2 3 or more weeks) This
minimizes the number of courses teachers are preparing for and allows them to see their
students twice per week
Week 1 Week 2 Time Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 720 ndash 858 A Block B Block Advisory F Block
Intervention 903 ndash 1046 B Block C Block E Block Advisory
Announcements Announcements Announcements Intervention Announcements
1051 ndash 1258 C BlockLunch D BlockLunch F BlockLunch G BlockLunch 1st Lunch 1051-1120 2Nd Lunch 1124-1153 3rd Lunch 1156-1226 4th Lunch 1229-1258
1144-152 D Block A Block G Block E Block
PE 9Health 9 PE 10Health 10 and PE 12Senior Project Digital Literacy Career Readiness will alternate between Day 1 and 2
Classroom desks will be configured in rows facing the same direction and spaced at intervals as
directed by DESE
PE Classes will be separated by the divider to maintain distance between two simultaneous
classes
Students who cannot or choose to not attend school in person will be offered a schedule of
courses as comparable to their regular school schedule through an online platform such as
Edgenuity Students could attend school in person on a partial basis for classes not offered on
Edgenuity such as art or manufacturing or for Academic Support classes
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
Academic SupportSWDs ELs and students on 504 plans will receive services using the planned master schedulefor the 2020-2021 school year with online academic support during their week at home
FLEX Both FLEX programs should be able to function with half the students in school and halfat home although some FLEX students will attend four days per week based on need FLEXstudents in inclusion classes throughout the school day will be supported through aparaprofessional ABA or another Special Education teacher during class
STARS and STRIPES Students that participate in these programs will attend school four daysper week per a verbal and written agreement with their parent(s)guardian(s) This will helpthem maintain independence vocational skills functional academic skills and social skills aswell as their PTOTSpeech services STARS students in inclusion classes will attend AcademicSupport in the STARS room or Study Skills in the Library to work on their remote learningcomponent during the days they are not in class
Common AreasLockers will not be used in order to prevent students stopping in hallways
Students will have designated doors to enter and exit the school at the beginning and end of theday to prevent massing at entrances and exits For example Freshmen may be directed to usethe main entrance sophomores the entrance by the nursesrsquo office juniors the door by MrWaggenheimrsquos room seniors the cafeteria entrances Teachers will have morning and afternoonduties to supervise the entrance and exit of students
Lunch Lunch will be eaten in the cafeteria following the schedule set in the first day packetFour lunches will be established Desks will be in the cafeteria facing the same direction six feetapart Students will be spaced 6 feet apart in cafeteria lines following markings on the floorSeniors will be allowed to eat in the courtyard with a maximum of two students at a table
Bathrooms will be limited to one student at a time Students will self-monitor
Locker Rooms Locker rooms will be closed and the requirement for students to change for PEclasses will be waived
COVID ResponseMasks will be required per DESE guidelines A supply of extra masks will be kept in the office
Mask breaks will be done in the cafeteria or courtyard weather dependent with 10 minutebreaks by wing during the second class period and after lunch
Students requesting to go to the nurse will go into the hall with the teacher The teacher willshow them a card with Covid symptoms and ask the student if they have any of those symptomsThe teacher will then call the nurse and tell her whether the student said yes or no and send the
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
student to the destination the nurse indicates Students in the building who exhibit symptoms
of COVID will be isolated in room C110
Students who have symptoms of Covid will be dismissed Students will be required to stay home
from school 14 days unless they have medical documentation clearing them to return to school
The attendance line message will be amended to include the following ldquoif your child has any of
the symptoms of COVID please contact Mel Gaucher school nurse at 508-476-4100 Ext 2103rdquo
Students who are quarantining or choose not to return to school will learn through a self-paced
online platform such as Edgenuity
Staff who must quarantine will teach classes through zoom with a paraprofessional or substitute
teacher monitoring student behavior
REMOTE LEARNING
Schedule
The remote learning plan will designate specific times for each block to meet with four ldquoclass
periodsrdquo meeting on ldquoDay Ardquo and three meeting as well as Advisory class and club
meetings and interventions on ldquoDay Brdquo The basis for the blocks will be the 2020-2021 master
schedule The schedule will be four 75-minute blocks with a 15-minute break in between
Proposed High School Remote Learning Schedule
Time Day 1 Day 2 800 ndash 915 A Block E Block
930 ndash 1045 B Block Intervention Block 930-1000 AdvisoryClub MeetingsGuidance 1005-1045 Interventions and peer tutoring
1100 ndash 1215 C Block F Block
1215-1245 Lunch Lunch
1245 ndash 200 D Block G Block
Attendance will be taken for online sessions with students being penalized in accordance with
the student handbook andor approved Remote Learning policies for attendance Desi Vega will
track student attendance and interventions for students not meeting attendance requirements
and report issues to the principal and the SST as appropriate
On Day 2 students will have a 30-minute Advisory period that will mix Advisory lessons
check-ins guidance lessons and club and class meetings All teaching staff will have an
Advisory group lessons will be provided by Admin and guidance
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
On Day 2 there will also be a 45-minute intervention block All students will be required to sign
up for an intervention All staff will be required to run an intervention This can be extra help
test review extended lessons for AP classes Tier II intervention groups for SEL will also run
during this time
The basic platform will be Google Classroom with ldquoliverdquo sessions conducted on either Zoom or
Google Meets Staff are also strongly encouraged to record voice-overs or videos for students to
access at any time The 75-minute blocks will be a combination of live online work and
asynchronous independent or small group work
Academic Support
Special education teachers will run their Academic Support sessions and Special education
teachers and paraprofessionals will be assigned as co-instructors of classes they would have
supported under the 2020-2021 master schedule 504 plans will be followed by teachers with
Katie Malo running academic support sessions for students on 504 plans
Both FLEX programs should be able to function as they did during the 2019-2020 school year
shut down
STARS and STRIPES A plan to implement OTPTSpeech services as home visits will need to
be established
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE
YOUR RETURN TO SCHOOL OPTIONS
At this time the Douglas Public Schools is providing two options to families a phased in 2-1-2
hybrid model or a remote option An email the week of August 10 was sent asking families which
model they would prefer
DISCLAIMER
The Douglas Public Schools reserves the right to modify and adjust this plan and all attached
schedules as necessary based on local and state data and additional guidance from DESE